1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 /* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI. The
24 information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI. It includes
25 suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that
26 information may also not match. */
35 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
36 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
38 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
40 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
41 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
43 typedef enum split16_format_type
50 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
52 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
53 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
54 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
55 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
57 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
58 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
59 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
60 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
61 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
62 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
64 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
66 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
68 /* For old-style PLT. */
69 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
70 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
72 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
73 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
74 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
77 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
78 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
79 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
80 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
82 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
84 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
85 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
86 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
87 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
89 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
90 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
91 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
92 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
93 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
94 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
98 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
99 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
101 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
102 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
103 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
104 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
105 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
106 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
107 0x60000000, /* nop */
108 0x60000000, /* nop */
111 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
112 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
113 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
114 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
116 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
117 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
118 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
119 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
120 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
121 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
122 0x60000000, /* nop */
123 0x60000000, /* nop */
125 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
126 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
128 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
129 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
130 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
131 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
133 0x60000000, /* nop */
134 0x60000000, /* nop */
135 0x60000000, /* nop */
138 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
139 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
141 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
142 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
143 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
144 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
145 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
147 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
149 /* Some instructions. */
150 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
151 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
152 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
153 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
154 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
155 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
156 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
158 #define BA 0x48000002
159 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
160 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
161 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
162 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
163 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
164 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
165 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
166 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
167 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
168 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
169 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
170 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
171 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
172 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
173 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
174 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
175 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
176 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
177 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
178 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
179 #define NOP 0x60000000
180 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
182 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
183 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
184 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
186 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
187 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
188 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
190 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
192 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
193 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
194 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
195 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
196 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
197 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
198 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
199 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
200 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
201 complain, special_func) \
202 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
203 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
204 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
206 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_max
];
208 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw
[] = {
209 /* This reloc does nothing. */
210 HOW (R_PPC_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
211 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
213 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
214 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
215 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
217 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
218 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
219 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
220 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
222 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
223 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
224 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
226 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
227 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
228 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
230 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
231 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
232 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
234 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
235 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
236 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
237 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
239 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
240 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
241 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
242 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
244 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
245 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
246 bits must be zero. */
247 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
248 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
250 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
251 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
252 two bits must be zero. */
253 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
254 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
256 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
257 HOW (R_PPC_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
258 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
260 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
261 HOW (R_PPC_REL14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
262 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
264 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
265 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
267 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
268 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
270 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
271 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
273 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
274 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
276 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
278 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
279 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
281 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
283 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
284 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
286 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
288 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
289 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
291 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
293 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
294 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
296 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
297 entry for the symbol. */
298 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
299 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
301 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
302 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
303 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
304 shared library into the object, because the object being
305 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
306 HOW (R_PPC_COPY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
307 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
309 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
311 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
312 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
314 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
315 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
316 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
318 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
319 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
321 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
322 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
324 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
325 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
326 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
327 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
328 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
330 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
331 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
332 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
334 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
335 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
336 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
338 /* 32-bit PC relative */
339 HOW (R_PPC_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
340 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
342 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
343 FIXME: not supported. */
344 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
345 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
347 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
348 FIXME: not supported. */
349 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
350 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
352 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
354 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
355 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
357 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
359 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
360 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
362 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
364 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
365 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
367 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
369 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
370 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
372 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
373 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
374 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
376 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
377 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
378 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
380 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
381 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
382 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
384 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
385 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
386 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
388 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
389 HOW (R_PPC_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
395 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
396 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
398 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
402 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
403 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
405 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
406 definition of its TLS sym. */
407 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
408 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
410 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
411 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
412 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
413 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
414 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
416 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
417 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
418 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
420 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
421 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
422 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
424 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
425 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
426 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
428 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
429 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
430 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
432 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
433 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
434 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
435 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
437 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
438 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
439 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
441 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
442 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
443 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
445 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
446 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
447 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
449 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
450 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
451 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
453 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
454 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
455 to the first entry. */
456 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
457 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
459 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
460 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
461 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
463 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
464 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
465 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
467 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
468 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
469 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
471 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
472 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
474 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
475 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
477 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
478 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
479 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
481 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
482 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
483 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
485 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
486 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
487 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
489 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
490 the offset to the entry. */
491 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
492 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
494 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
495 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
496 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
498 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
499 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
500 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
502 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
503 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
504 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
506 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
507 offset to the entry. */
508 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
509 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
511 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
512 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
513 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
515 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
516 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
517 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
519 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
520 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
521 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
523 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
524 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
526 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
527 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
528 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
530 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
531 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
532 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
534 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
535 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
536 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
538 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
539 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
540 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
542 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
543 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
545 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
546 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
548 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
549 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
550 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
551 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
552 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
554 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
555 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
556 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
557 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
558 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
560 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
562 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
563 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
565 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
566 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
567 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
568 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
569 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
576 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
578 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
579 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
580 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
581 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
582 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
584 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
585 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8
, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, TRUE
, signed,
586 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
588 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
589 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15
, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
590 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
592 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
593 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24
, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
594 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
596 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
597 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
598 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
600 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
601 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
602 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
604 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
605 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
606 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
608 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
609 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
610 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
612 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
613 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
614 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
616 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
617 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
618 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
620 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
621 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
622 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
623 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
624 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
626 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
627 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
628 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
630 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
631 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
632 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
634 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
635 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
636 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
638 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
639 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
640 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
642 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
643 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
644 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
646 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
647 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
648 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
650 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
651 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
652 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
654 /* e_li split20 format. */
655 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
659 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
661 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
662 HOW (R_PPC_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
663 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
665 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
666 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
667 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
669 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
670 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
671 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
673 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
674 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
675 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
676 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
678 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
679 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE
, signed,
680 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
682 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
683 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE
, signed,
684 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
686 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
687 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
690 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
691 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
694 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
695 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
696 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
699 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
702 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
704 unsigned int i
, type
;
707 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
710 type
= ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
711 if (type
>= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
)
712 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
[0])))
714 ppc_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
718 static reloc_howto_type
*
719 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
720 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
722 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r
;
724 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
725 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
726 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
733 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC_NONE
; break;
734 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR24
; break;
736 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
737 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16
; break;
738 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
739 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14
; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC_REL24
; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC_REL14
; break;
747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
749 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
750 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16
; break;
751 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
752 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HI
; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HA
; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL24
; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC_COPY
; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC
: r
= R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL32
; break;
760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT32
; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL32
; break;
762 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
763 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_LO
; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HI
; break;
765 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HA
; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_SDAREL16
; break;
767 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
768 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF
; break;
769 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
770 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
; break;
772 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC_TOC16
; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC_TLS
; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSGD
; break;
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSLD
; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC_DTPMOD32
; break;
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16
; break;
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
; break;
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL32
; break;
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16
; break;
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL32
; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL8
; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL15
; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL24
; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
; break;
835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
; break;
836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
; break;
837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
838 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
;
840 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
841 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
;
843 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
844 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
;
846 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
847 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
;
849 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
850 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
;
852 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
853 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
;
855 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16
; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_LO
; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HI
; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HA
; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_16DX_HA
; break;
860 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
; break;
861 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
; break;
862 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
; break;
865 return ppc_elf_howto_table
[r
];
868 static reloc_howto_type
*
869 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
875 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
877 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
878 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
879 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
884 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
887 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
,
889 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
893 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
894 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
895 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
897 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
898 if (r_type
>= R_PPC_max
)
900 /* xgettext:c-format */
901 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
903 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
907 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
909 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
910 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
911 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
913 /* xgettext:c-format */
914 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
916 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
924 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
926 static bfd_reloc_status_type
927 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
928 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
931 asection
*input_section
,
933 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
935 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
937 bfd_size_type octets
;
940 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
942 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
946 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
947 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
948 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
949 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
952 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
953 value
= symbol
->value
;
954 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
955 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
956 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
957 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
958 + input_section
->output_offset
959 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
962 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
963 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
965 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
966 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
970 static bfd_reloc_status_type
971 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
972 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
975 asection
*input_section
,
977 char **error_message
)
979 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
980 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
982 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
983 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
984 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
986 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
989 sprintf (buf
, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
990 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
991 *error_message
= buf
;
993 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
996 /* Sections created by the linker. */
998 typedef struct elf_linker_section
1000 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1004 /* Associated bss section name. */
1005 const char *bss_name
;
1006 /* Associated symbol name. */
1007 const char *sym_name
;
1008 /* Associated symbol. */
1009 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym
;
1010 } elf_linker_section_t
;
1012 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1013 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1014 based on different addend's. */
1016 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1018 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1019 struct elf_linker_section_pointers
*next
;
1020 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1024 /* which linker section this is */
1025 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
;
1026 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t
;
1028 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1030 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1032 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1033 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1034 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**linker_section_pointers
;
1036 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1037 unsigned int makes_plt_call
: 1;
1038 unsigned int has_rel16
: 1;
1041 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1042 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1044 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1045 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1047 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1048 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1049 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1051 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1054 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1056 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
),
1060 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1063 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd
*abfd
)
1065 unsigned long mach
= 0;
1067 unsigned char *contents
;
1069 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32
1070 && bfd_big_endian (abfd
))
1073 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
1074 if ((elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1077 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1082 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1085 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &contents
))
1087 unsigned int apuinfo_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ 4);
1090 for (i
= 20; i
< apuinfo_size
+ 20 && i
+ 4 <= s
->size
; i
+= 4)
1092 unsigned int val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ i
);
1095 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR
:
1096 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI
:
1098 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_titan
;
1101 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL
:
1102 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK
:
1103 if (mach
== bfd_mach_ppc_titan
)
1104 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc
;
1107 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE
:
1108 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS
:
1109 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK
:
1110 if (mach
!= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
)
1111 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500
;
1114 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE
:
1115 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1126 if (mach
!= 0 && mach
!= -1ul)
1128 const bfd_arch_info_type
*arch
;
1130 for (arch
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
; arch
; arch
= arch
->next
)
1131 if (arch
->mach
== mach
)
1133 abfd
->arch_info
= arch
;
1140 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1141 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1144 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1146 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1149 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64)
1151 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1153 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
1155 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1156 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1157 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32);
1160 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1163 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1166 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
1168 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
1169 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
1171 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
1172 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
1176 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1179 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1184 switch (note
->descsz
)
1189 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1191 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1194 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1203 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1204 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1205 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1209 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1211 switch (note
->descsz
)
1216 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1217 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1218 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 16);
1219 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1220 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32, 16);
1221 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1222 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 48, 80);
1225 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1226 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1227 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1230 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
1231 int n
= strlen (command
);
1233 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
1234 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
1241 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
, ...)
1250 char data
[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1253 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1254 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1255 strncpy (data
+ 32, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1256 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1258 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1259 -Wstringop-truncation:
1260 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1262 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1264 strncpy (data
+ 48, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1265 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1269 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1270 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1281 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1282 memset (data
, 0, 72);
1283 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1284 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 24);
1285 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1286 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1287 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1288 memcpy (data
+ 72, greg
, 192);
1289 memset (data
+ 264, 0, 4);
1291 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1292 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1298 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name
)
1301 if (!strcmp (flag_name
, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1307 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1308 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1311 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1312 const asection
*plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1315 return rel
->address
;
1318 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1319 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1323 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1324 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1331 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1334 newsect
= hdr
->bfd_section
;
1336 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
)
1337 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1339 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_ORDERED
)
1340 flags
|= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
;
1342 if (strncmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB", 8) == 0)
1344 if (strncmp (name
, ".sbss", 5) == 0
1345 || strncmp (name
, ".sdata", 6) == 0)
1346 flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
1349 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, newsect
->flags
| flags
));
1352 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1355 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1356 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
1359 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
) != 0)
1360 shdr
->sh_type
= SHT_ORDERED
;
1365 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1366 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1369 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
1370 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1375 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".sbss2");
1376 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1379 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1380 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1386 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1389 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
1390 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1392 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
1394 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1395 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1396 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1397 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1398 We maintain the original output section order. */
1400 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
1402 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
1405 unsigned int p_flags
;
1407 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
|| m
->count
== 0)
1410 for (p_flags
= PF_R
, j
= 0; j
!= m
->count
; ++j
)
1412 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1414 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1417 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1418 p_flags
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1423 while (++j
!= m
->count
)
1425 unsigned int p_flags1
= PF_R
;
1427 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1429 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1432 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1433 p_flags1
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1434 if (((p_flags1
^ p_flags
) & PF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1437 p_flags
|= p_flags1
;
1439 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1440 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1441 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1442 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1443 if (j
!= m
->count
|| !m
->p_flags_valid
)
1445 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
1446 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
1451 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1452 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1453 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1455 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
1456 amt
+= (m
->count
- j
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
1457 n
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1461 n
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
1462 n
->count
= m
->count
- j
;
1463 for (k
= 0; k
< n
->count
; ++k
)
1464 n
->sections
[k
] = m
->sections
[j
+ k
];
1466 m
->p_size_valid
= 0;
1474 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1475 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1476 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1479 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections
[] =
1481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
1482 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1485 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
), 0, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1490 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1493 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1494 static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt
=
1495 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
};
1497 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
1498 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1500 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
1502 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1503 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
1506 ssect
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, ppc_elf_special_sections
,
1510 if (ssect
== ppc_elf_special_sections
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1511 ssect
= &ppc_alt_plt
;
1515 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
1518 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1519 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1521 struct apuinfo_list
*next
;
1522 unsigned long value
;
1526 static apuinfo_list
*head
;
1527 static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set
;
1530 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1533 apuinfo_set
= FALSE
;
1537 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value
)
1539 apuinfo_list
*entry
= head
;
1541 while (entry
!= NULL
)
1543 if (entry
->value
== value
)
1545 entry
= entry
->next
;
1548 entry
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry
));
1552 entry
->value
= value
;
1558 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1560 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1561 unsigned long count
;
1563 for (entry
= head
, count
= 0;
1565 entry
= entry
->next
)
1571 static inline unsigned long
1572 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number
)
1574 apuinfo_list
* entry
;
1578 entry
= entry
->next
)
1581 return entry
? entry
->value
: 0;
1585 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1587 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1589 for (entry
= head
; entry
;)
1591 apuinfo_list
*next
= entry
->next
;
1599 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1600 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1603 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
1607 char *buffer
= NULL
;
1608 bfd_size_type largest_input_size
= 0;
1610 unsigned long length
;
1611 const char *error_message
= NULL
;
1613 if (link_info
== NULL
)
1616 apuinfo_list_init ();
1618 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1619 for (ibfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
1621 unsigned long datum
;
1623 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1627 /* xgettext:c-format */
1628 error_message
= _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1629 length
= asec
->size
;
1634 if (largest_input_size
< asec
->size
)
1637 largest_input_size
= asec
->size
;
1638 buffer
= bfd_malloc (largest_input_size
);
1643 if (bfd_seek (ibfd
, asec
->filepos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
1644 || (bfd_bread (buffer
, length
, ibfd
) != length
))
1646 /* xgettext:c-format */
1647 error_message
= _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1651 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1652 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1653 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1654 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
);
1655 if (datum
!= sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
)
1658 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 8);
1662 if (strcmp (buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
) != 0)
1665 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1666 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 4);
1667 if (datum
+ 20 != length
)
1670 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1671 for (i
= 0; i
< datum
; i
+= 4)
1672 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 20 + i
));
1675 error_message
= NULL
;
1679 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1680 unsigned num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1682 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1683 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1685 if (asec
&& !bfd_set_section_size (asec
, 20 + num_entries
* 4))
1688 /* xgettext:c-format */
1689 error_message
= _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1697 _bfd_error_handler (error_message
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
, ibfd
);
1700 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1701 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1704 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1705 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1707 bfd_byte
*contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1709 return apuinfo_set
&& strcmp (asec
->name
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
) == 0;
1712 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1715 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1720 unsigned num_entries
;
1721 bfd_size_type length
;
1723 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1730 length
= asec
->size
;
1734 buffer
= bfd_malloc (length
);
1738 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1742 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1743 num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1744 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
, buffer
);
1745 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, num_entries
* 4, buffer
+ 4);
1746 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, 0x2, buffer
+ 8);
1747 strcpy ((char *) buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
);
1750 for (i
= 0; i
< num_entries
; i
++)
1752 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, apuinfo_list_element (i
), buffer
+ length
);
1756 if (length
!= asec
->size
)
1757 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1759 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, asec
, buffer
, (file_ptr
) 0, length
))
1760 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1764 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1768 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1770 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1771 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1775 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*glink
, bfd_vma off
)
1777 bfd_byte buf
[4 * 4];
1779 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
, off
, sizeof buf
))
1782 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1783 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1784 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 8) == MTCTR_11
1785 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 12) == BCTR
);
1789 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
1791 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
1792 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1793 && section
->vma
<= vma
1794 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
1798 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, long symcount
, asymbol
**syms
,
1799 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
1802 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
1803 asection
*plt
, *relplt
, *dynamic
, *glink
;
1804 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0;
1805 bfd_vma resolv_vma
= 0;
1809 size_t count
, i
, stub_delta
;
1816 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
1819 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
1822 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
1826 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
1830 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1831 if (elf_section_flags (plt
) & SHF_EXECINSTR
)
1832 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd
, symcount
, syms
,
1833 dynsymcount
, dynsyms
, ret
);
1835 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1836 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1837 dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1838 if (dynamic
!= NULL
)
1840 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1842 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1844 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
1847 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1848 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1851 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
1852 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1854 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1855 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1857 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1860 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC_GOT
)
1862 unsigned int g_o_t
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1863 asection
*got
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1865 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, got
, buf
,
1866 g_o_t
- got
->vma
+ 4, 4))
1867 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1874 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1877 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, plt
, buf
, 0, 4))
1878 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1884 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1885 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1886 glink stubs now reside. */
1887 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
, &glink_vma
);
1891 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1892 from the first glink stub. */
1893 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1894 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
, 4))
1896 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1898 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1900 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1901 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1903 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1904 else if ((insn
^ B
^ NOP
) == 0)
1906 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1907 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
+ i
, 4);
1909 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
) != NOP
)
1911 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ i
;
1916 count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
1917 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1918 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1919 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1920 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1921 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1922 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1923 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1924 for (stub_delta
= 16; stub_delta
<= 32; stub_delta
+= 8)
1925 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd
, glink
, stub_off
- stub_delta
))
1927 if (stub_delta
> 32)
1930 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
1931 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
1934 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
1935 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
1936 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
++)
1938 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
1940 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1943 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink");
1946 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1948 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
1952 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1953 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ 1 + (resolv_vma
!= 0));
1954 p
= relplt
->relocation
+ count
- 1;
1955 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1959 stub_off
-= stub_delta
;
1960 if (strcmp ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1962 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
1963 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1964 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1965 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
1966 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
1967 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1969 s
->value
= stub_off
;
1972 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
1973 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
1977 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1978 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1979 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
1980 names
+= strlen (names
);
1982 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1983 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
1988 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1989 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
1991 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1993 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1995 memcpy (names
, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1996 names
+= sizeof ("__glink");
2002 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
2003 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2005 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2007 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2009 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2010 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2018 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2019 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2020 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2021 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2022 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2025 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2026 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2029 struct plt_entry
*next
;
2031 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2032 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2033 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2034 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2035 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2038 /* The .got2 section. */
2041 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2044 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2048 /* .glink stub offset. */
2049 bfd_vma glink_offset
;
2052 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2053 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2054 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2057 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2058 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2063 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2064 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2065 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2066 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2071 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
2072 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
2078 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
2079 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
2080 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
2081 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2082 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2083 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2087 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2088 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2089 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2091 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2093 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2094 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2096 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
2098 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2101 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2102 unsigned int count
: 31;
2104 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2105 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
2108 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2110 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2112 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
2114 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2115 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2116 from the beginning of the section. */
2117 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_pointer
;
2119 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2120 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2121 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2122 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2123 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2124 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2125 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2126 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2127 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2128 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2129 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2130 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2131 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2132 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2133 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2134 unsigned char tls_mask
;
2136 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2137 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2138 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2139 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2140 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2142 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2144 unsigned char has_sda_refs
: 1;
2146 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2147 unsigned char has_addr16_ha
: 1;
2148 unsigned char has_addr16_lo
: 1;
2151 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2153 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2155 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2157 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
2159 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2160 struct ppc_elf_params
*params
;
2162 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2166 elf_linker_section_t sdata
[2];
2168 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
2170 asection
*relpltlocal
;
2172 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2175 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2176 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
2178 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2181 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2183 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2187 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2188 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve
;
2190 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2191 unsigned int got_header_size
;
2192 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2193 unsigned int got_gap
;
2195 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2196 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
;
2198 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2199 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2200 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2201 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2203 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2204 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
2206 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2207 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
2209 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2211 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2213 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2214 int plt_initial_entry_size
;
2216 /* Small local sym cache. */
2217 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
2220 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2221 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2223 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2224 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2226 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2228 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2230 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2231 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2233 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2235 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2236 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2237 == PPC32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2239 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2241 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
2242 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
2243 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
2246 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2250 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
,
2251 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
));
2256 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2257 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
2260 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->linker_section_pointer
= NULL
;
2261 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->tls_mask
= 0;
2262 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->has_sda_refs
= 0;
2268 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2270 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
2271 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
2273 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
2274 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2275 = { PLT_OLD
, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2277 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
));
2281 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->elf
, abfd
,
2282 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
2283 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
),
2290 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
2291 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
2292 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
2293 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
2295 ret
->params
= &default_params
;
2297 ret
->sdata
[0].name
= ".sdata";
2298 ret
->sdata
[0].sym_name
= "_SDA_BASE_";
2299 ret
->sdata
[0].bss_name
= ".sbss";
2301 ret
->sdata
[1].name
= ".sdata2";
2302 ret
->sdata
[1].sym_name
= "_SDA2_BASE_";
2303 ret
->sdata
[1].bss_name
= ".sbss2";
2305 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 12;
2306 ret
->plt_slot_size
= 8;
2307 ret
->plt_initial_entry_size
= 72;
2309 return &ret
->elf
.root
;
2312 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2315 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct ppc_elf_params
*params
)
2317 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2320 htab
->params
= params
;
2321 params
->pagesize_p2
= bfd_log2 (params
->pagesize
);
2324 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2327 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2329 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2331 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
2334 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2335 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
2337 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2339 flagword flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2340 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2341 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
2348 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2349 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2350 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2353 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2354 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2356 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2360 flags
|= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2361 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2363 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, lsect
->name
, flags
);
2368 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2369 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, lsect
->name
);
2371 lsect
->sym
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, lsect
->sym_name
);
2372 if (lsect
->sym
== NULL
)
2374 lsect
->sym
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0x8000;
2379 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2381 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2386 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2387 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2388 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".glink", flags
);
2390 p2align
= htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 6 : 4;
2391 if (p2align
< htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
)
2392 p2align
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
2394 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, p2align
))
2397 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
2399 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2400 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2401 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".eh_frame", flags
);
2402 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= s
;
2404 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2408 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2409 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".iplt", flags
);
2412 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 4))
2415 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2416 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2417 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
2418 htab
->elf
.irelplt
= s
;
2420 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2423 /* Local plt entries. */
2424 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
2425 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2426 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".branch_lt",
2428 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
2429 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 2))
2432 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
2434 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
2435 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2437 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
2438 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
2439 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 2))
2443 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, 0,
2447 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, SEC_READONLY
,
2454 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2455 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2456 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2459 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2461 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2465 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2467 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2468 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd
, info
))
2471 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
2474 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
2475 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd
, info
))
2478 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsbss",
2479 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2484 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
2486 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2487 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2488 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.sbss", flags
);
2491 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2495 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
2496 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
2500 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2501 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
2502 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2503 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
;
2504 return bfd_set_section_flags (s
, flags
);
2507 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2510 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2511 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
2512 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
2514 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
2516 edir
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
2517 eind
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
2519 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
2520 edir
->has_sda_refs
|= eind
->has_sda_refs
;
2522 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
2523 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
2524 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
2525 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
2526 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
2527 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
2528 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
2530 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2531 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2534 if (ind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2536 if (dir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2538 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
2539 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
2541 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2542 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2543 for (pp
= &ind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
2545 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
2547 for (q
= dir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
2548 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
2550 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
2551 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
2558 *pp
= dir
->dyn_relocs
;
2561 dir
->dyn_relocs
= ind
->dyn_relocs
;
2562 ind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2565 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2566 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2567 edir
->elf
.got
.refcount
+= eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
;
2568 eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
= 0;
2570 /* And plt entries. */
2571 if (eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2573 if (edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2575 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
2576 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2578 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
2580 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
2582 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
2583 if (dent
->sec
== ent
->sec
&& dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
2585 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
2592 *entp
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2595 edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
= eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2596 eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
2599 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2601 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2602 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
2603 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
2604 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
2605 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
2606 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
2607 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
2611 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2612 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2615 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
2616 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2617 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
2618 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2619 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2623 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
2624 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
2625 && is_ppc_elf (info
->output_bfd
)
2626 && sym
->st_size
<= elf_gp_size (abfd
))
2628 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2630 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2632 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2633 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2635 flagword flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2637 if (!htab
->elf
.dynobj
)
2638 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2640 htab
->sbss
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab
->elf
.dynobj
,
2643 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2648 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
2654 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2656 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*
2657 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2658 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_pointers
,
2660 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2662 for ( ; linker_pointers
!= NULL
; linker_pointers
= linker_pointers
->next
)
2663 if (lsect
== linker_pointers
->lsect
&& addend
== linker_pointers
->addend
)
2664 return linker_pointers
;
2669 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2672 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2673 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
2674 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2675 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
2677 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr_linker_section_ptr
= NULL
;
2678 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
2679 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2682 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
2684 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2687 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
2689 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2690 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2691 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh
->linker_section_pointer
,
2696 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
2700 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2702 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2703 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
);
2705 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2708 unsigned int num_symbols
= elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
).sh_info
;
2711 amt
*= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*);
2712 ptr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2717 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
) = ptr
;
2720 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2721 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr
[r_symndx
],
2726 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &ptr
[r_symndx
];
2729 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2730 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2731 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
2732 amt
= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
);
2733 linker_section_ptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2735 if (!linker_section_ptr
)
2738 linker_section_ptr
->next
= *ptr_linker_section_ptr
;
2739 linker_section_ptr
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2740 linker_section_ptr
->lsect
= lsect
;
2741 *ptr_linker_section_ptr
= linker_section_ptr
;
2743 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect
->section
, 2))
2745 linker_section_ptr
->offset
= lsect
->section
->size
;
2746 lsect
->section
->size
+= 4;
2750 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2751 lsect
->name
, (long) linker_section_ptr
->offset
,
2752 (long) lsect
->section
->size
);
2758 static struct plt_entry
**
2759 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
,
2760 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
2761 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2764 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
2765 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
2766 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
2768 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2770 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2772 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts
)
2773 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
2774 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
2775 local_got_refcounts
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
2776 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2778 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
) = local_got_refcounts
;
2781 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_refcounts
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2782 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2783 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
2784 if ((tls_type
& NON_GOT
) == 0)
2785 local_got_refcounts
[r_symndx
] += 1;
2786 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
2790 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
,
2791 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2793 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2797 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2798 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2802 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
2803 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2808 ent
->addend
= addend
;
2809 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
2812 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
2816 static struct plt_entry
*
2817 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry
**plist
, asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2819 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2823 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2824 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2830 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2832 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2833 || r_type
== R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2834 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL24
2835 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
2836 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2837 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2838 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR24
2839 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14
2840 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2841 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2842 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_REL24
);
2845 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2848 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2850 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2851 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2852 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2853 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTSEQ
);
2857 bad_shared_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2860 /* xgettext:c-format */
2861 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2863 ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
2864 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2867 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2868 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2872 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2873 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2875 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
2877 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2878 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2879 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
2880 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
2881 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
2882 asection
*got2
, *sreloc
;
2883 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
;
2885 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
2889 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2893 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2895 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2896 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
2897 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2899 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2900 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
)
2902 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2903 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2904 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2907 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
2908 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
2909 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2910 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
2911 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
2914 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
2915 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
2917 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2918 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
2919 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2921 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
;
2922 struct plt_entry
**pltent
;
2925 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2926 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
2930 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
2931 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2932 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2933 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2936 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2937 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2940 && htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2941 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2943 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2944 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2945 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2947 BFD_ASSERT (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
);
2951 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2953 if (h
== NULL
&& htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
2955 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
2960 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
2962 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2963 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
2964 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
2968 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2969 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2971 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
2972 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2973 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2974 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2975 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
)
2978 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
2979 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
2980 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
2981 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2982 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2983 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2984 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
2985 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2986 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, ifunc
, got2
, addend
))
2992 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
2993 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2998 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSGD
2999 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSLD
))
3000 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3004 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3005 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
3012 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3013 its parameter symbol. */
3015 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
3017 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3018 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
3025 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
3026 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
3027 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
3028 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
3029 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
3032 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
3033 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
3034 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
3035 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
3036 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
3039 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
3040 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
3041 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
3042 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
3043 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3044 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3045 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
3048 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
3049 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
3050 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
3051 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
3052 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
3054 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
3057 /* GOT16 relocations */
3059 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
3060 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
3061 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
3062 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3063 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
3065 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3066 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3067 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3072 h
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
3073 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
3076 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3077 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
, tls_type
))
3080 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3082 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3084 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3089 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3090 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
3091 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3092 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
3097 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3098 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3102 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3103 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
3104 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3106 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3109 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3110 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
3115 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3116 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3120 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
3121 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3124 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
3125 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
3126 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
3127 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
3128 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
3129 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
3132 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3133 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3137 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
3138 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
3139 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
3140 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
3141 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
3142 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
3143 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
3144 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
3145 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
3146 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
3149 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
3150 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3152 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3155 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3158 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3159 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3163 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
3164 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
3165 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
3166 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
3169 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3170 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3174 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
3175 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
3176 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
3177 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
3178 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
3180 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3183 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
3186 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
3190 sec
->has_pltcall
= 1;
3194 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
3195 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
3196 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
3197 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
3200 fprintf (stderr
, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3202 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3205 pltent
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3206 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
3212 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
3213 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
3215 pltent
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
3218 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3219 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
3220 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3221 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3222 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
3223 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
3224 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, pltent
, got2
, addend
))
3228 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3229 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3230 section relative. */
3232 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
3233 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
3234 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
3235 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
3236 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
3237 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
3238 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
3243 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
3244 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
3245 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
3246 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
3247 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_rel16
= 1;
3250 /* These are just markers. */
3252 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
3256 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
3257 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
3261 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3263 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
3264 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
3265 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
3266 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
3269 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3271 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
3272 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
3273 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
3274 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
3275 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
3278 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3279 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
3280 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
&& htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3282 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3283 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3285 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
3288 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3293 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3294 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3295 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3296 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
3300 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3301 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3302 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3303 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
3307 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3310 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
3311 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
3312 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
3313 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3314 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3318 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
3319 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
3325 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
3326 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
3327 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3329 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3330 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3331 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3332 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3333 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3336 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3338 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
3343 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3346 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3347 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3350 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3356 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
3357 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
3358 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
3361 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3363 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3364 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3365 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3368 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3370 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
3371 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
3372 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
= 1;
3373 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
3374 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
= 1;
3380 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
3381 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
3384 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3386 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3388 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3389 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3397 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
3398 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
3399 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3401 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3402 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3404 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3410 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3411 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3412 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3413 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
3414 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3415 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3416 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
3417 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3418 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3419 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
3420 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3421 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
3422 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3423 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
3424 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3427 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3428 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3429 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3431 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
3432 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)
3434 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
)
3435 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3436 || !h
->def_regular
))))
3437 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3438 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
3440 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3441 || !h
->def_regular
)))
3445 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3446 "create relocation for %s\n",
3447 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
3448 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
3452 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3453 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3455 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3456 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 2, abfd
, /*rela?*/ TRUE
);
3462 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3463 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3466 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3467 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3469 rel_head
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
3471 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
3473 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3476 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3483 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
3488 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3489 We really need local syms available to do this
3491 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3492 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3493 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
3496 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3498 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
3503 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3507 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
3508 rel_head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
3509 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
3511 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3513 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3515 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3518 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3521 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
3535 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3536 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3538 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3540 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3541 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3542 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3543 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
3544 bfd_boolean warn_only
;
3546 /* We only warn about shared library mismatches, because common
3547 libraries advertise support for a particular long double variant
3548 but actually support more than one variant. For example, glibc
3549 typically supports 128-bit IBM long double in the shared library
3550 but has a compatibility static archive for 64-bit long double.
3551 The linker doesn't have the smarts to see that an app using
3552 object files marked as 64-bit long double call the compatibility
3553 layer objects and only from there call into the shared library. */
3554 warn_only
= (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
3556 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3557 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3559 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3560 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3562 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3564 int in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3565 int out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3566 static bfd
*last_fp
, *last_ld
;
3570 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3574 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3575 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3579 else if (out_fp
!= 2 && in_fp
== 2)
3582 /* xgettext:c-format */
3583 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3587 else if (out_fp
== 2 && in_fp
!= 2)
3590 /* xgettext:c-format */
3591 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3595 else if (out_fp
== 1 && in_fp
== 3)
3598 /* xgettext:c-format */
3599 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3600 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp
, ibfd
);
3603 else if (out_fp
== 3 && in_fp
== 1)
3606 /* xgettext:c-format */
3607 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3608 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd
, last_fp
);
3612 in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3613 out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3616 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3620 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3621 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3625 else if (out_fp
!= 2 * 4 && in_fp
== 2 * 4)
3628 /* xgettext:c-format */
3629 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3630 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3633 else if (in_fp
!= 2 * 4 && out_fp
== 2 * 4)
3636 /* xgettext:c-format */
3637 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3638 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3641 else if (out_fp
== 1 * 4 && in_fp
== 3 * 4)
3644 /* xgettext:c-format */
3645 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3646 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3649 else if (out_fp
== 3 * 4 && in_fp
== 1 * 4)
3652 /* xgettext:c-format */
3653 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3654 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3661 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3662 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3667 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3668 there are conflicting attributes. */
3670 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3673 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3674 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3677 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3680 obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3681 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3682 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3684 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3685 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3686 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3687 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3689 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3691 int in_vec
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3692 int out_vec
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3693 static bfd
*last_vec
;
3697 else if (out_vec
== 0)
3699 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3700 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3703 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3704 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3705 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3706 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3708 else if (in_vec
== 1)
3710 else if (out_vec
== 1)
3712 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3713 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3716 else if (out_vec
< in_vec
)
3719 /* xgettext:c-format */
3720 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3722 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3725 else if (out_vec
> in_vec
)
3728 /* xgettext:c-format */
3729 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3731 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3736 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3737 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3738 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3739 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3740 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3742 int in_struct
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3743 int out_struct
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3744 static bfd
*last_struct
;
3746 if (in_struct
== 0 || in_struct
== 3)
3748 else if (out_struct
== 0)
3750 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3751 out_attr
->i
= in_struct
;
3754 else if (out_struct
< in_struct
)
3757 /* xgettext:c-format */
3758 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3759 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct
, ibfd
);
3760 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3763 else if (out_struct
> in_struct
)
3766 /* xgettext:c-format */
3767 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3768 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd
, last_struct
);
3769 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3775 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3779 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3780 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
3783 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3784 object file when linking. */
3787 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3789 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3794 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd
))
3797 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3798 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
3801 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3804 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
3807 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
3808 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
3809 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
3811 /* First call, no flags set. */
3812 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
3813 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
3816 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3817 else if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
3820 /* Incompatible flags. */
3823 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3824 to be linked with either. */
3826 if ((new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0
3827 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0)
3831 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3832 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd
);
3834 else if ((new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0
3835 && (old_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0)
3839 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3840 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd
);
3843 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3844 if (! (new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
))
3845 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
;
3847 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3848 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3849 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)
3850 && (new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
))
3851 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
)))
3852 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
;
3854 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3855 any module uses it. */
3856 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= (new_flags
& EF_PPC_EMB
);
3858 new_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3859 old_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3861 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3862 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
3866 /* xgettext:c-format */
3867 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3868 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3869 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
3874 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3883 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3884 asection
*input_section
,
3885 unsigned long offset
,
3888 split16_format_type split16_format
,
3891 unsigned int insn
, opcode
;
3893 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, loc
);
3894 opcode
= insn
& E_OPCODE_MASK
;
3895 if (opcode
== E_OR2I_INSN
3896 || opcode
== E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3897 || opcode
== E_OR2IS_INSN
3898 || opcode
== E_LIS_INSN
3899 || opcode
== E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN
)
3901 if (split16_format
!= split16a_type
)
3904 split16_format
= split16a_type
;
3907 /* xgettext:c-format */
3908 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3909 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3912 else if (opcode
== E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3913 || opcode
== E_ADD2IS_INSN
3914 || opcode
== E_CMP16I_INSN
3915 || opcode
== E_MULL2I_INSN
3916 || opcode
== E_CMPL16I_INSN
3917 || opcode
== E_CMPH16I_INSN
3918 || opcode
== E_CMPHL16I_INSN
)
3920 if (split16_format
!= split16d_type
)
3923 split16_format
= split16d_type
;
3926 /* xgettext:c-format */
3927 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3928 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3931 if (split16_format
== split16a_type
)
3933 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3934 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3935 if ((insn
& E_LI_MASK
) == E_LI_INSN
)
3937 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3938 insn
&= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3939 insn
|= (-(value
& 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3944 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3945 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 10;
3947 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3948 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3952 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd
*output_bfd
, bfd_byte
*loc
, bfd_vma value
)
3956 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
3957 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3958 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3959 insn
|= (value
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
3960 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3961 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3962 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3963 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3964 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3968 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3969 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3971 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3972 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3974 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3977 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
3979 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3981 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3983 if (htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_OLD
)
3984 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3985 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3986 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
3987 && (h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "_mcount",
3988 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
)) != NULL
3989 && (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
3992 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
3993 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
3995 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
3996 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
3997 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
3998 r30 to be set up. */
3999 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
4004 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
= htab
->params
->plt_style
;
4006 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
4007 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4008 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4009 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4010 if (plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
4012 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4013 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4015 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_rel16
)
4017 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->makes_plt_call
)
4020 htab
->old_bfd
= ibfd
;
4024 htab
->plt_type
= plt_type
;
4027 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
&& htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_NEW
)
4029 if (htab
->old_bfd
!= NULL
)
4030 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab
->old_bfd
);
4032 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4035 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
);
4037 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
4039 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4040 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4042 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4043 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4044 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
, flags
))
4047 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4048 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
4049 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
4054 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4055 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
4056 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 0))
4059 return htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
;
4062 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4066 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
4067 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4068 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4069 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4070 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
4073 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
4075 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4076 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4080 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
4084 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
4085 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
4087 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
4088 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
4089 unsigned long r_symndx
,
4092 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4094 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4096 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4097 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4099 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4100 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4101 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4102 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4110 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4112 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
4113 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4114 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4115 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4119 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4120 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4124 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4125 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
4127 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4129 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
4130 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4131 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
4132 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
4133 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
4134 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4136 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
4138 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
4146 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4147 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
4149 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4151 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
4152 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4155 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4156 if (local_got
!= NULL
)
4158 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4159 (local_got
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4160 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4161 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4162 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4164 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
4170 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4171 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4174 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4176 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4179 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
4181 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4185 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4186 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4187 between the call and its destination. */
4191 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4192 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
4194 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
4196 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
4197 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
4200 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4201 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4203 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
4205 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
4209 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4210 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4211 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4212 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4213 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4214 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4215 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4216 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4217 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4218 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4219 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4220 together except their symbol. */
4222 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4224 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4225 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
4227 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4231 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4233 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4234 if (sec
->has_pltcall
4235 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4237 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4239 /* Read the relocations. */
4240 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4242 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4245 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4246 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
4248 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4249 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4251 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4252 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4253 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
4255 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4256 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTCALL
)
4259 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4260 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
4263 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4265 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4270 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4274 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4277 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
4278 + sym_sec
->output_offset
4279 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4280 from
= (rel
->r_offset
4281 + sec
->output_offset
4282 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4283 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
)
4284 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
4287 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4291 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4292 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4294 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
4297 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
4304 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4305 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4308 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4310 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4312 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4313 htab
->tls_get_addr
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4314 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4315 if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
4316 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4318 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
4320 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *tga
;
4321 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4322 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4324 && (opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4325 || opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4327 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4328 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4329 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4330 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4331 tga
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
4332 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
4334 && (tga
->type
== STT_FUNC
4336 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga
)
4337 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga
)))
4339 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4340 for (ent
= tga
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4341 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4345 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4346 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
4347 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
4349 if (opt
->dynindx
!= -1)
4351 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4353 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4355 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt
))
4358 htab
->tls_get_addr
= opt
;
4363 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4365 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
4366 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4367 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4369 elf_section_type (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHT_PROGBITS
;
4370 elf_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
;
4373 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd
, info
);
4376 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4380 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
4381 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4382 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
)
4384 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4385 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4386 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4388 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4390 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4391 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4393 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4394 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4395 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4396 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4403 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4407 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4408 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4412 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4415 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
4418 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4422 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4423 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4424 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4425 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4426 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4427 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4428 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
4429 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4431 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4432 asection
*got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".got2");
4434 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4435 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4437 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4438 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4440 /* Read the relocations. */
4441 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4443 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4446 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4447 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
4449 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4450 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4451 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
4452 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4453 unsigned char tls_set
, tls_clear
;
4454 bfd_boolean is_local
;
4455 bfd_signed_vma
*got_count
;
4457 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4458 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4460 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4462 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4463 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4464 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4465 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4466 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4469 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
4470 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4471 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4472 without marker relocs, then check that each
4473 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4474 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4475 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4476 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4478 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4480 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
4481 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4482 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4484 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4485 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4486 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4487 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4492 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4495 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4496 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4497 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4500 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4501 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4502 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4503 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4504 that turns out to be the case. */
4513 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4514 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4515 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4518 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4519 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4525 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
4529 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
4530 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
4531 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4532 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4537 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
4548 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4549 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
4552 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ
)
4554 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
4555 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
4556 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4558 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4560 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4561 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4562 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4563 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4564 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4567 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
4570 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4571 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4572 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
,
4575 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4576 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4582 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
4593 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4594 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4597 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4598 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
4599 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
4602 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4603 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4604 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4605 the entire optimization. */
4606 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4607 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4608 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4609 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4616 tls_mask
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4617 got_count
= &h
->got
.refcount
;
4621 bfd_signed_vma
*lgot_refs
;
4622 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4623 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
4625 lgot_refs
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4626 if (lgot_refs
== NULL
)
4628 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4629 (lgot_refs
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4630 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4631 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4632 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4633 got_count
= &lgot_refs
[r_symndx
];
4636 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4637 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4638 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4639 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4640 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4641 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4642 Disable optimization in this case. */
4643 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
4644 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4645 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4646 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
4649 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4651 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4654 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4655 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4656 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTCALL
))
4657 addend
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
4658 ent
= find_plt_ent (&htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
,
4660 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4661 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4668 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4673 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
;
4674 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
4677 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4681 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
4685 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4686 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4687 size_dynamic_sections. */
4690 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4692 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4695 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
4697 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
4698 } while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
4703 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4706 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4708 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4710 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4711 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
4716 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4717 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4718 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4719 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4723 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4724 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4726 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4730 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4731 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4734 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4735 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4736 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
4738 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4742 && !h
->def_regular
)));
4744 /* Deal with function syms. */
4745 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
4746 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4749 bfd_boolean local
= (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
4750 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
4751 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4752 function symbol is local. */
4753 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && local
)
4754 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4756 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4757 won't need a .plt entry. */
4758 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4759 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4760 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4763 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
4765 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4766 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
4767 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
4769 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4771 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4772 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4773 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4775 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4777 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4778 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4779 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4781 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4785 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4786 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4787 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4788 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4789 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4790 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4791 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4792 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4794 if ((h
->pointer_equality_needed
4796 && !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4797 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
4798 && htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
4799 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4800 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4802 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4803 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4804 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4805 if (!h
->needs_plt
&& h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4806 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4808 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
4809 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4810 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4811 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4813 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4814 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4818 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4820 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4821 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4822 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4823 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
4825 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
4826 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
4827 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4828 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4829 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
4830 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
4831 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->dynsbss
)
4832 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4836 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4837 is not a function. */
4839 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4840 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4841 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4842 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4843 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4845 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4849 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4850 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4851 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
4853 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4857 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4858 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4859 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4860 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4861 if (h
->protected_def
)
4863 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4864 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
4865 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
4866 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
== 0
4867 && info
->disable_target_specific_optimizations
<= 1)
4868 htab
->params
->pic_fixup
= 1;
4872 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4873 if (info
->nocopyreloc
)
4876 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4877 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4878 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4879 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4880 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4882 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4883 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4884 && htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
4886 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4889 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4890 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4891 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4892 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4893 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4894 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4895 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4896 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4897 same memory location for the variable.
4899 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4900 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4901 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4903 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4904 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
4906 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
4907 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4909 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
4913 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4914 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4915 and into the runtime process image. */
4916 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4917 srel
= htab
->relsbss
;
4918 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4919 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
4921 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
4922 BFD_ASSERT (srel
!= NULL
);
4923 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4927 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4928 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4929 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
4932 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4933 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4934 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4935 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4936 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4939 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry
*ent
,
4940 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4941 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4943 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
4944 size_t len1
, len2
, len3
;
4947 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4949 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4950 stub
= ".plt_pic32.";
4952 stub
= ".plt_call32.";
4954 len1
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
4955 len2
= strlen (stub
);
4958 len3
= strlen (ent
->sec
->name
);
4959 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ len3
+ 9);
4962 sprintf (name
, "%08x", (unsigned) ent
->addend
& 0xffffffff);
4964 memcpy (name
+ 8, ent
->sec
->name
, len3
);
4965 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
, stub
, len2
);
4966 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
+ len2
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len1
+ 1);
4967 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4970 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
4972 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
4973 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
4974 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= ent
->glink_offset
;
4975 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
4976 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
4977 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4978 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
4980 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
4985 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
4986 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
4989 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
, unsigned int need
)
4992 unsigned int max_before_header
;
4994 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
4996 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
4997 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5001 max_before_header
= htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
? 32768 : 32764;
5002 if (need
<= htab
->got_gap
)
5004 where
= max_before_header
- htab
->got_gap
;
5005 htab
->got_gap
-= need
;
5009 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+ need
> max_before_header
5010 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= max_before_header
)
5012 htab
->got_gap
= max_before_header
- htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5013 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
= max_before_header
+ htab
->got_header_size
;
5015 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5016 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5022 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5023 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5025 static inline unsigned int
5026 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask
)
5029 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0)
5034 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
5036 if ((tls_mask
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
5038 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
5044 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5047 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5048 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5050 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
5052 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
5053 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
5054 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5055 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5058 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5059 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
5063 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5066 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5068 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
5069 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
5070 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5071 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5074 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5077 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5078 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5079 if (eh
->elf
.got
.refcount
> 0
5080 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5081 && !eh
->elf
.def_regular
5082 && eh
->elf
.protected_def
5083 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5084 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5085 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5089 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5090 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5094 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5096 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5097 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5098 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5099 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5100 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5104 need
+= got_entries_needed (eh
->tls_mask
);
5106 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5109 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5110 if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5111 && !((eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5112 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
5113 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5114 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5115 && eh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1
5116 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5117 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5121 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5122 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5123 need
-= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5124 rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5125 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5126 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5132 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5134 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5135 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5136 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5137 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5138 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5140 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5141 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5142 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
5143 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5145 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5146 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5147 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
5148 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5150 if (h
->dyn_relocs
== NULL
)
5153 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5154 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5155 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5156 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5158 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5160 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5161 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5162 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5163 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5164 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5165 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5166 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
5168 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5170 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5172 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
5181 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
5183 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5185 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5187 if (strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5194 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
5196 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5197 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5201 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
)
5203 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5204 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5206 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
5208 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
)
5209 && !(h
->protected_def
5210 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5211 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5212 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5214 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5215 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5218 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5219 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5222 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5225 /* Allocate space. */
5226 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5228 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5229 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5230 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5231 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5234 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5235 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5238 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5239 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5240 dyn
= htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1;
5242 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
5243 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
5246 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5247 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5248 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
5249 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
5251 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5252 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5253 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5255 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5256 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5258 asection
*s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
5262 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5268 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
5272 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5275 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5277 if (s
== htab
->pltlocal
)
5278 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5282 if (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
5284 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5285 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
5288 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
5292 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5293 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= glink_offset
;
5295 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5297 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
5298 && !add_stub_sym (ent
, h
, info
))
5306 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5307 for the special first entry. */
5309 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
;
5311 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5312 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5313 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5314 word available at the end. */
5315 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
5316 + (htab
->plt_slot_size
5318 - htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5319 / htab
->plt_entry_size
)));
5321 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5322 file, and we are not generating a shared
5323 library, then set the symbol to this location
5324 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5325 relocations, and is required to make
5326 function pointers compare as equal between
5327 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5328 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
)
5332 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5333 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= plt_offset
;
5336 /* Make room for this entry. */
5337 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5338 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5340 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
5341 && (s
->size
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5342 / htab
->plt_entry_size
5343 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
)
5344 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5346 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5349 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5354 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5356 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5357 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5359 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5361 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5362 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5367 htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5369 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5371 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5372 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5373 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5376 == (bfd_vma
) htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5378 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5379 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5380 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
);
5383 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5384 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5385 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
);
5388 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5390 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
5397 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5401 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5407 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5414 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
5416 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5417 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5418 1, /* CIE version. */
5419 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5420 4, /* Code alignment. */
5421 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5423 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5424 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
5425 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5428 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5431 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5432 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5434 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5440 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5443 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5444 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
5446 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5448 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5449 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
5451 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, ".interp");
5452 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5453 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5454 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5458 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5459 htab
->got_header_size
= 16;
5460 else if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
5461 htab
->got_header_size
= 12;
5463 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5465 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5467 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
5468 bfd_signed_vma
*end_local_got
;
5469 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
5470 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
5472 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
5473 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5475 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
5478 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5480 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5482 for (p
= ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*)
5483 elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
);
5487 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
5488 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
5490 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5491 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5492 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5495 else if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
5496 && strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
,
5499 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5500 handled specially by the loader. */
5502 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
5504 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5506 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5507 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5508 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
5509 & (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5510 == (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5512 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5513 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5514 p
->sec
->owner
, p
->sec
);
5520 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
5524 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
5525 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5526 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
5527 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
5528 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
5529 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5531 for (; local_got
< end_local_got
; ++local_got
, ++lgot_masks
)
5535 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5536 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5537 need
= got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks
);
5539 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5542 *local_got
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5543 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5544 && !((*lgot_masks
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5545 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
5549 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5550 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5551 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5552 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5558 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5560 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
5563 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5564 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5565 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
5567 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5568 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5569 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5571 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5572 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5574 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5576 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5577 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
5579 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5587 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5590 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5592 if (s
!= htab
->pltlocal
&& (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
)))
5595 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5596 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, NULL
);
5598 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5602 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5604 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5605 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5607 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5609 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5610 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5616 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5620 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5621 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
5623 if (htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
> 0)
5625 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, 8);
5626 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5627 htab
->elf
.srelgot
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5630 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5632 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
)
5634 unsigned int g_o_t
= 32768;
5636 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5637 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5638 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5639 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5640 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= 32768)
5642 g_o_t
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5643 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5645 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= htab
->got_header_size
;
5648 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= g_o_t
;
5650 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5652 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5654 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5655 sda
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5657 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
5659 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5661 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5662 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5663 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
5664 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5665 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5668 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5669 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5670 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5672 htab
->glink_pltresolve
= htab
->glink
->size
;
5673 /* Space for the branch table. */
5675 += htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
/ (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4) - 4;
5676 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5677 htab
->glink
->size
+= -htab
->glink
->size
& (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
5679 htab
->glink
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5681 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
5683 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
5684 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink",
5685 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5688 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5690 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5691 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5692 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
5693 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5694 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5695 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5696 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5698 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5700 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5701 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5704 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5706 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5707 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5708 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5709 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5710 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5711 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5712 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5714 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5719 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5720 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5721 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5722 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
5723 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info
))
5725 s
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
;
5726 s
->size
= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + 20;
5727 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5730 if (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8 >= 256)
5735 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5736 Allocate memory for them. */
5738 for (s
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5740 bfd_boolean strip_section
= TRUE
;
5742 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5745 if (s
== htab
->elf
.splt
5746 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
)
5748 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5749 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5750 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5751 if (htab
->elf
.hplt
!= NULL
)
5752 strip_section
= FALSE
;
5753 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5756 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
5757 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
5759 || s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
5760 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
5762 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
5763 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
5764 || s
== htab
->dynsbss
)
5766 /* Strip these too. */
5768 else if (s
== htab
->sdata
[0].section
5769 || s
== htab
->sdata
[1].section
)
5771 strip_section
= (s
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) == 0;
5773 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (s
), ".rela"))
5777 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5780 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5781 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5787 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5791 if (s
->size
== 0 && strip_section
)
5793 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5794 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5795 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5796 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5797 before the linker maps input sections to output
5798 sections. The linker does that before
5799 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5800 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5801 into these sections. */
5802 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5806 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
5809 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5810 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, s
->size
);
5811 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5815 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5817 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5818 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5819 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5820 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5821 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5822 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5823 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5825 if (!_bfd_elf_maybe_vxworks_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd
, info
,
5829 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
5830 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
5831 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
5833 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT
, 0))
5835 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5836 && htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
5837 && htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
5838 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT
, PPC_OPT_TLS
))
5842 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5844 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5845 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
5847 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5850 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
5851 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5852 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) - 4, p
);
5853 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5855 val
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
- 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5856 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5859 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5860 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5862 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5865 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
, p
);
5870 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5871 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5873 bfd_vma adv
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8) >> 2;
5875 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ adv
;
5878 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
5881 else if (adv
< 65536)
5883 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
5884 bfd_put_16 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5889 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
5890 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5893 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
5896 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
5897 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
5900 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma
) ((p
+ 3 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
) & -4)
5901 == htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
5907 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5908 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5911 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd
*output_bfd
, elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
5913 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= lsect
->sym
;
5915 if (sda
!= NULL
&& !sda
->ref_regular
&& sda
->dynindx
== -1)
5919 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->name
);
5920 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5922 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->bss_name
);
5923 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5925 sda
->def_regular
= 0;
5926 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
5927 sda
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
5928 sda
->forced_local
= 0;
5935 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5937 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5941 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0]);
5942 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1]);
5947 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5950 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5952 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
5954 && (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
5955 || !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
))
5958 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
5961 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
5963 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
5964 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
5965 static const int shared_stub_entry
[] =
5967 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
5968 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
5969 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
5970 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
5971 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
5972 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
5973 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
5974 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
5977 static const int stub_entry
[] =
5979 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
5980 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
5981 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
5982 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
5985 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
5987 unsigned int workaround_size
;
5988 unsigned int picfixup_size
;
5991 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
5992 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
5993 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
5994 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
5997 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
,
5999 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6002 struct one_branch_fixup
6004 struct one_branch_fixup
*next
;
6006 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6007 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6012 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6013 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6014 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6015 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
= NULL
;
6016 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
= NULL
;
6017 struct one_branch_fixup
*branch_fixups
= NULL
;
6018 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6019 unsigned changes
= 0;
6020 bfd_boolean workaround_change
;
6021 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6022 bfd_size_type trampbase
, trampoff
, newsize
, picfixup_size
;
6024 bfd_boolean maybe_pasted
;
6028 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6029 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
6030 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
6031 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
6035 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6036 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6038 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) && bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6041 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
6045 isec
->size
= (isec
->size
+ 3) & -4;
6046 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6047 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6048 trampbase
= isec
->size
;
6050 BFD_ASSERT (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6051 || isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
);
6052 isec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
;
6054 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6055 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6057 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6059 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
6060 = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info
));
6061 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6064 relax_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
6065 trampbase
-= relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6068 maybe_pasted
= (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
6069 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0);
6070 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6071 trampoff
= trampbase
;
6072 if (maybe_pasted
&& trampbase
== isec
->rawsize
)
6075 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
6077 if (htab
->params
->branch_trampolines
6078 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6080 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6081 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
6083 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6084 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6085 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6089 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
6091 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6092 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6094 unsigned long r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
6097 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
;
6098 size_t insn_offset
= 0;
6099 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
= 0, val
;
6102 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6103 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6104 struct plt_entry
**plist
;
6105 unsigned char sym_type
;
6110 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6111 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6113 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
6117 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6118 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6119 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
6122 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
6123 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6131 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6132 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &isym
, &tsec
, NULL
, &isymbuf
,
6133 ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
), abfd
))
6140 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6141 tsec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6145 toff
= isym
->st_value
;
6146 sym_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
6151 toff
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6152 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6153 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6157 indx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
) - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6158 tsec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6159 toff
= bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) ? indx
: 0;
6164 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6165 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6166 branch stub in that case. */
6167 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info
)
6168 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6169 && irel
!= internal_relocs
)
6171 unsigned long t_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6172 unsigned long t_rtype
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6173 unsigned int tls_mask
= 0;
6175 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6176 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6177 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6178 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6179 if (t_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6181 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6183 if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
6185 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6186 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6187 char *lgot_masks
= (char *)
6188 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6189 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[t_symndx
];
6194 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*th
6195 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[t_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6197 while (th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6198 || th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6199 th
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6202 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
)->tls_mask
;
6205 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6207 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
6208 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSGD
6209 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6210 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
))
6212 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
6213 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSLD
6214 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6215 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
))
6222 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
6227 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
6228 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
)
6229 picfixup_size
+= 12;
6233 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6234 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6235 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6236 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6240 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6241 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6242 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6243 plist
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
6245 else if (sym_type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6246 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
) != NULL
)
6248 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6249 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6250 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6251 plist
= local_plt
+ ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
6256 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6258 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
&& bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6259 addend
= irel
->r_addend
;
6260 ent
= find_plt_ent (plist
, got2
, addend
);
6263 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
6265 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
6266 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
6269 toff
= ent
->glink_offset
;
6273 tsec
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
6274 toff
= ent
->plt
.offset
;
6279 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6280 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6285 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6286 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6287 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6288 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6289 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6290 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6291 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
6292 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
6293 && irel
->r_addend
!= 0)
6296 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6297 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6298 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6299 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6300 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6301 if (0 && tsec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
6303 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6304 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6305 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6306 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6307 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6309 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6310 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6311 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6312 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6313 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6314 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6315 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6316 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6317 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6318 location of interest is just "sym". */
6319 if (sym_type
== STT_SECTION
6320 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6321 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6324 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, &tsec
,
6325 elf_section_data (tsec
)->sec_info
,
6328 if (sym_type
!= STT_SECTION
6329 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6330 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6332 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6333 else if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6334 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6336 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6337 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6338 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
6339 || tsec
->output_section
== NULL
6340 || (tsec
->owner
!= NULL
6341 && (tsec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0))
6344 roff
= irel
->r_offset
;
6346 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6347 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6348 fixup can be created at final link.
6349 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6350 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6351 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6352 && (isec
->output_section
->rawsize
- (isec
->output_offset
+ roff
)
6353 < max_branch_offset
- (max_branch_offset
>> 4)))
6356 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6357 if (tsec
!= bfd_und_section_ptr
6358 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6359 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6360 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6361 || tsec
->output_section
== isec
->output_section
))
6363 bfd_vma symaddr
, reladdr
;
6365 symaddr
= tsec
->output_section
->vma
+ tsec
->output_offset
+ toff
;
6366 reladdr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
+ roff
;
6367 if (symaddr
- reladdr
+ max_branch_offset
6368 < 2 * max_branch_offset
)
6372 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6373 for (f
= branch_fixups
; f
; f
= f
->next
)
6374 if (f
->tsec
== tsec
&& f
->toff
== toff
)
6380 unsigned long stub_rtype
;
6382 val
= trampoff
- roff
;
6383 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6384 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6385 one. We'll report an error later. */
6388 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6390 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
);
6395 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
6398 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX
;
6399 if (tsec
== htab
->elf
.splt
6400 || tsec
== htab
->glink
)
6402 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
;
6403 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6404 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
;
6407 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6408 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6409 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
),
6411 irel
->r_offset
= trampoff
+ insn_offset
;
6412 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
6413 && stub_rtype
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
6416 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6417 f
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f
));
6418 f
->next
= branch_fixups
;
6421 f
->trampoff
= trampoff
;
6429 val
= f
->trampoff
- roff
;
6430 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6433 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6434 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6437 /* Get the section contents. */
6438 if (contents
== NULL
)
6440 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6441 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6442 contents
= elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6443 /* Go get them off disk. */
6444 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, isec
, &contents
))
6448 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6449 hit_addr
= contents
+ roff
;
6453 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6454 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6455 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6457 t0
|= val
& 0x3fffffc;
6458 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6462 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6463 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6464 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6467 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6472 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6474 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6475 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6480 workaround_change
= FALSE
;
6482 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6483 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6484 || isec
->output_section
->alignment_power
>= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
))
6486 bfd_vma addr
, end_addr
;
6487 unsigned int crossings
;
6488 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6490 addr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
;
6491 end_addr
= addr
+ trampoff
;
6493 crossings
= ((end_addr
& -pagesize
) - addr
) >> htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6496 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6497 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6498 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6499 newsize
= 15 - ((end_addr
- 1) & 15);
6500 newsize
+= crossings
* 16;
6501 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
< newsize
)
6503 relax_info
->workaround_size
= newsize
;
6504 workaround_change
= TRUE
;
6506 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6507 isec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
6509 newsize
= trampoff
+ relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6512 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6514 picfixup_size
-= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6515 if (picfixup_size
!= 0)
6516 relax_info
->picfixup_size
+= picfixup_size
;
6517 newsize
+= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6520 if (changes
!= 0 || picfixup_size
!= 0 || workaround_change
)
6521 isec
->size
= newsize
;
6524 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
6526 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
6530 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6531 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
6535 if (contents
!= NULL
6536 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6538 if (!changes
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6542 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6543 elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6547 changes
+= picfixup_size
;
6550 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6551 information for the trampolines. */
6552 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6553 Elf_Internal_Rela
*new_relocs
= bfd_malloc ((changes
+ isec
->reloc_count
)
6554 * sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6559 memcpy (new_relocs
, internal_relocs
,
6560 isec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6561 for (ix
= changes
; ix
--;)
6563 irel
= new_relocs
+ ix
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6565 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6567 if (internal_relocs
!= elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
)
6568 free (internal_relocs
);
6569 elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
= new_relocs
;
6570 isec
->reloc_count
+= changes
;
6571 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec
);
6572 rel_hdr
->sh_size
+= changes
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
6574 else if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6575 free (internal_relocs
);
6577 *again
= changes
!= 0 || workaround_change
;
6581 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6583 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6584 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6587 if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf
!= symtab_hdr
->contents
)
6589 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6591 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6592 free (internal_relocs
);
6596 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6597 discarded sections. */
6600 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
6602 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec
->name
) == 0)
6605 if (strcmp (".got2", sec
->name
) == 0)
6608 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
6611 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6614 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*input_bfd
,
6615 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
6616 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6618 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
6620 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
6622 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
6626 /* Handle global symbol. */
6627 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6629 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6630 BFD_ASSERT (eh
->elf
.def_regular
);
6631 linker_section_ptr
= eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
6635 /* Handle local symbol. */
6636 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6638 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
));
6639 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
) != NULL
);
6640 linker_section_ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
)[r_symndx
];
6643 linker_section_ptr
= elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr
,
6646 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
6648 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6649 as a "written" flag. */
6650 if ((linker_section_ptr
->offset
& 1) == 0)
6652 bfd_put_32 (lsect
->section
->owner
,
6653 relocation
+ linker_section_ptr
->addend
,
6654 lsect
->section
->contents
+ linker_section_ptr
->offset
);
6655 linker_section_ptr
->offset
+= 1;
6658 relocation
= (lsect
->section
->output_section
->vma
6659 + lsect
->section
->output_offset
6660 + linker_section_ptr
->offset
- 1
6661 - SYM_VAL (lsect
->sym
));
6665 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6666 lsect
->name
, (long) relocation
, (long) relocation
);
6672 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6673 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6674 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6677 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, struct plt_entry
*ent
,
6678 asection
*plt_sec
, unsigned char *p
,
6679 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6681 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6682 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
6684 unsigned char *end
= p
+ GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
6687 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6688 && !htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
6690 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_3
, p
);
6692 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_3
+ 4, p
);
6694 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_0_3
, p
);
6696 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, CMPWI_11_0
, p
);
6698 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_3_12_2
, p
);
6700 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BEQLR
, p
);
6702 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_3_0
, p
);
6704 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
6708 plt
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1)
6709 + plt_sec
->output_section
->vma
6710 + plt_sec
->output_offset
);
6712 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
6716 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
6718 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
6719 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
6720 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6721 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
6725 if (plt
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6726 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_30
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6729 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_30
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6731 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6736 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_11
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6738 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6741 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_11
, p
);
6743 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
6747 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
6752 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6755 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6757 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6758 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6759 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
6760 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
6763 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6764 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6765 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6768 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6772 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 31 << 26)
6775 if (reg
== 0 || ((insn
>> 11) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6776 rtra
= insn
& ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6777 else if (((insn
>> 16) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6778 rtra
= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn
& (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6782 if ((insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6785 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6786 && ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6787 || ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6788 && (insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6789 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6790 insn
= (32u | ((insn
>> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6791 else if ((insn
& (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6792 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6793 insn
= ((58u | ((insn
>> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn
>> 6) & 1);
6794 else if ((insn
& (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6796 insn
= (58u << 26) | 2;
6803 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6804 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6805 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6808 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6810 if ((insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == reg
<< 16
6811 && ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6812 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6813 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6814 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6815 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6816 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6817 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6818 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6819 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6820 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6821 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6822 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6823 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6824 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6825 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6826 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6828 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6829 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3))))
6831 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
6833 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 21)) == reg
<< 21
6834 && ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6835 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6836 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6838 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 21);
6839 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6840 if ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6841 insn
-= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6849 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn
)
6851 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6852 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6853 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6854 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6858 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn
)
6860 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6861 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6862 && (insn
& 3) == 1));
6865 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6866 to handle the relocations for a section.
6868 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6869 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6872 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6873 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6874 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6877 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6878 address or the reloc symbol index.
6880 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6882 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6883 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6885 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6886 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6888 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6889 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6890 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6891 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6895 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6896 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6898 asection
*input_section
,
6900 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6901 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6902 asection
**local_sections
)
6904 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6905 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6906 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6907 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6908 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
6909 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6910 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
6912 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
;
6913 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
6914 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
6915 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls
;
6916 unsigned int picfixup_size
= 0;
6917 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6920 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
6921 "%ld relocations%s",
6922 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6923 (long) input_section
->reloc_count
,
6924 (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
6927 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
))
6929 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
6933 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd
, ".got2");
6935 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
6936 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
6937 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
6939 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6940 local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd
);
6941 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
6942 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
6943 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
6944 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
6945 is_vxworks_tls
= (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
)
6946 && !strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
,
6948 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
)
6949 relax_info
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_info
;
6950 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
6951 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
6952 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
6954 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
6956 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
6957 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6959 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6960 const char *sym_name
;
6961 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
6962 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6964 bfd_vma branch_bit
, from
;
6965 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
6967 unsigned int tls_type
, tls_mask
, tls_gd
;
6968 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
6969 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
6972 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
6976 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
6978 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6980 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6982 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
6983 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
6984 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
6986 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
6990 bfd_boolean ignored
;
6992 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
6993 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
6995 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
6997 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7000 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
7002 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7003 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7004 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7006 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7007 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7009 _bfd_clear_contents (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
7010 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
7011 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7015 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7016 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7017 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7018 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7019 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
7020 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
7026 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7029 && r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7030 && rel
->r_addend
!= 0)
7032 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7033 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7034 rel
->r_addend
+= got2
->output_offset
;
7036 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7037 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7038 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX
)
7042 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7043 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7044 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7045 for the final instruction stream. */
7049 tls_mask
= ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->tls_mask
;
7050 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
7052 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7055 = (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7056 lgot_masks
= (char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7057 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
7060 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7061 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
7062 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
7063 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
7064 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
7065 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
& 3)
7066 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
& 3)
7067 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
7068 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
7075 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7076 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7077 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7078 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7082 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7083 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7085 insn
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7086 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7087 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7088 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7089 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7094 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7095 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7099 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7100 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 2);
7103 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7104 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7105 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7107 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7108 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7109 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7113 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7114 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7116 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7120 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7121 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7122 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7125 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7126 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7127 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7130 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
7131 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7132 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7134 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7138 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7139 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7141 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7145 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7146 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7147 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7149 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
7153 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
7154 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7155 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7156 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7157 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7158 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7159 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
7161 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
7162 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
7163 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
7164 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7165 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7166 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7167 intervening code. */
7168 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7169 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7170 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7173 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7174 insn1
|= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
7175 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7177 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7178 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7179 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7181 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7182 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7183 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7188 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
7189 insn1
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7192 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7194 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7196 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7198 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7199 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7200 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7201 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7202 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7203 + sec
->output_offset
7204 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7206 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7207 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7208 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7210 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7211 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
7212 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7213 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7214 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7217 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
7218 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7221 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7222 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7229 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
7230 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7233 bfd_vma offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7235 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7237 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
7238 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7242 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
7245 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7246 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7251 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7252 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7253 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7255 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7256 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7257 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7258 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7259 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7264 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
7265 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7269 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7271 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7272 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7277 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7279 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7281 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7282 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7283 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7284 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7285 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7286 + sec
->output_offset
7287 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7289 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7290 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7291 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7292 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
,
7293 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7294 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7295 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7296 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7302 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7309 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7310 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7311 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
7312 branch_bit
= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7315 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7316 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7317 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
7321 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7322 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7325 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7326 + input_section
->output_offset
7327 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
7329 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7330 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
- from
) < 0)
7331 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7333 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7337 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
7341 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7342 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7343 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26
7344 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7346 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
7348 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7349 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7350 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7351 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7354 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
7355 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7356 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7357 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7358 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn
);
7363 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7367 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
7368 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
7369 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
7371 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7372 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7375 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
7377 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7378 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7379 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (15u << 26)
7380 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7386 p
= (contents
+ input_section
->size
7387 - relax_info
->workaround_size
7388 - relax_info
->picfixup_size
7390 off
= (p
- contents
) - (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7391 if (off
> 0x1fffffc || (off
& 3) != 0)
7392 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7393 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7394 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7396 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| off
,
7397 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7398 got_addr
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7399 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7400 + (h
->got
.offset
& ~1));
7401 wrel
->r_offset
= (p
- contents
) + d_offset
;
7402 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
7403 wrel
->r_addend
= got_addr
;
7405 insn
|= ((unsigned int) (got_addr
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7406 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7408 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7410 insn
^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7411 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7412 insn
|= got_addr
& 0xffff;
7413 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
+ 4);
7415 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| ((-4 - off
) & 0x3ffffff), p
+ 8);
7416 picfixup_size
+= 12;
7418 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7419 output is reasonable. */
7420 memmove (rel
+ 1, rel
, (relend
- rel
- 1) * sizeof (*rel
));
7422 rel
->r_offset
= wrel
[-1].r_offset
+ 4;
7423 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
7424 rel
->r_addend
= wrel
[-1].r_addend
;
7426 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7428 r_type
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
;
7432 /* xgettext:c-format */
7433 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7434 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7435 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7436 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn
);
7438 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
7440 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7441 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7442 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7443 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7444 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7445 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7446 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7447 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7448 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7449 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7450 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7451 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7452 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7453 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7454 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7455 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7456 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7458 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7459 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3)))
7461 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7463 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7464 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type
);
7468 /* xgettext:c-format */
7469 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7470 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7471 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7472 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn
);
7477 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
7479 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
7483 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7484 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
7486 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
7487 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7489 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7491 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
7492 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7493 ifunc
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
7498 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7499 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
7500 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7501 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7502 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7505 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7506 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7507 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7508 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7509 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7510 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7511 ent
= find_plt_ent (ifunc
, got2
, addend
);
7515 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7517 && htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
7518 && (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7520 || h
->dynindx
== -1))
7522 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7523 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7524 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7525 apparently are using code compiled with
7526 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7527 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7528 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7529 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7531 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7532 /* xgettext:c-format */
7533 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7534 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
7537 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7538 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
7539 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7541 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
7542 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
7543 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
7544 + (ent
->glink_offset
& ~1));
7546 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
7547 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
7552 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7553 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
7555 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7556 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7563 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
7564 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7566 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
7567 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7568 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
7569 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */)
7570 /* xgettext:c-format */
7571 info
->callbacks
->minfo
7572 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
7573 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, howto
->name
, insn
);
7575 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
7579 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
7580 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7582 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
7583 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7584 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7586 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7595 /* xgettext:c-format */
7596 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7597 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
7599 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7607 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
7608 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7609 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7612 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7613 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7614 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7615 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7616 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7617 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7618 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7619 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7620 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7623 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7624 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7625 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7626 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7627 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7630 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7631 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7632 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
7633 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
7634 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7637 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
7638 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
7639 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
7640 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
7641 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7645 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
7646 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
7647 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
7651 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7657 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
7661 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
7662 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7663 offp
= &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
;
7666 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7668 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)
7669 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7670 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7671 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7672 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7673 because of a version file. */
7678 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7680 offp
= &h
->got
.offset
;
7684 if (local_got_offsets
== NULL
)
7686 offp
= &local_got_offsets
[r_symndx
];
7689 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7690 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7691 processed this entry. */
7697 unsigned int tls_m
= ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7698 ? tls_mask
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
7699 | TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)
7702 if (offp
== &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
)
7704 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7705 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7708 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7709 Initialize them all. */
7714 if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
7716 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7719 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7721 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7724 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7726 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7727 tls_m
&= ~TLS_DTPREL
;
7729 else if ((tls_m
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
7731 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7735 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7737 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7739 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7741 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7742 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))))
7744 asection
*rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
7749 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
7751 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7752 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
7753 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7755 outrel
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7756 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7758 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7759 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7761 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPMOD32
);
7762 if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7764 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7765 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7766 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7767 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
7769 outrel
.r_offset
+= 4;
7771 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7774 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7775 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7776 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
7777 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_TPREL32
);
7779 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
);
7780 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
7781 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
7783 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
7784 if (indx
== 0 && tls_ty
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7786 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
7787 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
7789 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7790 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7792 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
7795 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7796 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7797 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7798 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
7801 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7802 emitting a reloc. */
7805 bfd_vma value
= relocation
;
7809 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7813 if (tls_ty
& TLS_LD
)
7816 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7817 if (tls_ty
& TLS_TPREL
)
7818 value
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
7821 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7823 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7824 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
+ 4);
7828 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7829 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
);
7833 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7842 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
7845 if ((tls_type
& TLS_TLS
) != 0)
7847 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7849 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7850 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7852 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7854 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7856 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7858 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7865 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7866 if (r_type
!= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
7869 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7870 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7872 - SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
));
7874 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7875 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7876 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7877 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7879 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7880 /* xgettext:c-format */
7881 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7882 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7888 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7889 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
7890 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7891 at a symbol not in this object. */
7892 if (unresolved_reloc
)
7894 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
) (info
,
7895 h
->root
.root
.string
,
7902 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
7904 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7905 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7906 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7907 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7908 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7909 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
7910 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
7911 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
7912 /* xgettext:c-format */
7913 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
7914 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7915 h
->root
.root
.string
);
7919 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
7920 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
7921 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
7922 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
7923 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7924 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7927 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
7930 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
7931 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
7932 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
7934 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
7935 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
7937 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
7938 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
7939 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
7940 defined before using them. */
7941 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
7942 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7943 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 2);
7945 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7948 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7949 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
7950 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
7951 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
7952 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
7956 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7957 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
7960 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
7961 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7962 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7965 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
7971 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
7972 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
7973 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
7974 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
7978 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
7984 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
7985 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
7986 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
7991 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
7992 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
7993 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
7996 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
7997 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
7998 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
7999 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8000 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8001 || h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8007 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
8008 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
8009 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8014 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8018 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
8020 || h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
8021 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
8022 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
8024 && h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
))
8032 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8033 "create relocation for %s\n",
8034 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
8035 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
8038 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8039 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8042 outrel
.r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
8045 if (outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1
8046 || outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
8047 skip
= (int) outrel
.r_offset
;
8048 outrel
.r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8049 + input_section
->output_offset
);
8051 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8052 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) != 0)
8053 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) == 0))
8054 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR32
^ R_PPC_UADDR32
;
8055 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) != 0)
8056 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) == 0))
8057 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR16
^ R_PPC_UADDR16
;
8060 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
8061 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8064 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
8065 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8066 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8067 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8071 outrel
.r_addend
= relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
;
8073 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_ADDR32
)
8077 /* If we get here when building a static
8078 executable, then the libc startup function
8079 responsible for applying indirect function
8080 relocations is going to complain about
8082 If we get here when building a dynamic
8083 executable, it will be because we have
8084 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8085 will set the text segment writable and
8086 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8087 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8088 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8089 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8090 /* xgettext:c-format */
8091 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8092 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8093 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8098 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
8100 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
8102 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8109 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8110 against a section symbol. It would be
8111 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8112 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8113 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8114 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8115 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
8116 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8118 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
8123 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8126 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
8127 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8129 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
8132 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8133 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8135 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type
))
8136 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
8139 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8141 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8142 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
8144 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
8147 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
8150 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
8152 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8153 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
8154 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8159 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
8160 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8161 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
8166 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8167 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8170 relocation
= howto
->pc_relative
? outrel
.r_offset
: 0;
8177 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
8178 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
8181 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8182 bfd_vma got2_addend
= 0;
8184 if (r_type
== R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
8186 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8187 got2_addend
= addend
;
8190 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
, got2_addend
);
8191 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8192 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8193 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8194 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8196 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8197 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8206 size_t insn_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
8209 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8211 relocation
-= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8212 + input_section
->output_offset
8213 + rel
->r_offset
- 4);
8214 stub
= shared_stub_entry
;
8215 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[0], contents
+ insn_offset
- 12);
8216 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[1], contents
+ insn_offset
- 8);
8217 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[2], contents
+ insn_offset
- 4);
8219 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
) - 3;
8224 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
8227 relocation
+= addend
;
8228 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8231 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8233 insn
|= ((relocation
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8234 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8238 insn
|= relocation
& 0xffff;
8239 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8247 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8251 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8252 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8253 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_NONE
);
8254 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8255 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
+ d_offset
;
8256 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
8257 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8258 memmove (wrel
+ 1, wrel
, (relend
- wrel
- 1) * sizeof (*wrel
));
8260 wrel
->r_offset
+= 4;
8261 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
8265 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8266 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
8267 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[0].section
!= NULL
);
8268 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[0].sym
))
8270 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8274 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
8275 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8279 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8280 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
8281 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[1].section
!= NULL
);
8282 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[1].sym
))
8284 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8288 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
8289 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8293 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8294 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8295 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8296 AIX .toc section. */
8297 case R_PPC_TOC16
: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8298 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8300 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8303 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".got") == 0
8304 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".cgot") == 0);
8306 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
8309 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
8310 if (h
!= NULL
&& ifunc
== NULL
)
8312 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8314 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
,
8315 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8317 || htab
->elf
.splt
== NULL
)
8319 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8320 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8321 using -Bsymbolic. */
8325 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8326 procedure linkage table. */
8327 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8328 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8329 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8330 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8331 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8333 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8334 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8339 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8340 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8341 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8347 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8348 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
8349 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8352 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
8353 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8355 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
8357 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
8358 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
8359 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
8360 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
8362 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8363 if (plt_list
!= NULL
)
8365 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8367 ent
= find_plt_ent (plt_list
, got2
,
8368 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8369 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8373 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8374 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
8375 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
8377 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
8380 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
8382 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
8384 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
8385 + plt
->output_offset
8387 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8391 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
8393 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
8394 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
8396 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
8404 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8405 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8408 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8411 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8412 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8414 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8417 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8419 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8420 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8421 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0))
8424 /* xgettext:c-format */
8425 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8426 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8435 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8436 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
8439 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8442 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8443 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8445 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8448 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8450 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8451 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8452 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0))
8455 /* xgettext:c-format */
8456 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8457 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8466 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
8467 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8468 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8469 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8470 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8473 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
8474 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8475 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8476 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8477 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8480 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
8481 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8482 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8483 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8484 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8487 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
8488 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8489 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8490 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8491 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8494 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
8495 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8496 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8497 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8498 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8501 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
8502 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8503 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8504 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8505 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8508 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8509 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
8510 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
8511 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
8512 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
8517 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8519 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8521 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8525 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8526 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8527 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8530 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8532 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8533 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8536 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8538 else if (strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8539 || strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8546 /* xgettext:c-format */
8547 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8548 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8554 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8561 if (!is_static_defined (sda
))
8563 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8566 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8569 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
)
8572 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8573 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8574 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8575 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8576 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8577 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8578 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8579 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
)
8580 rel
->r_offset
&= ~1;
8582 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8584 && (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8585 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
))
8587 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8590 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8594 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8595 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8596 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
8597 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8598 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf800) << 5;
8599 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8600 insn
|= relocation
& 0x7ff;
8602 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8604 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8605 && ((relocation
+ 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8609 /* Fill in register field. */
8610 insn
= (insn
& ~RA_REGISTER_MASK
) | (reg
<< RA_REGISTER_SHIFT
);
8611 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8615 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
8616 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
8617 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
8618 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
8619 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
8620 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
8624 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8626 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8628 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8632 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8633 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8634 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8635 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8636 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8637 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8638 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8642 /* xgettext:c-format */
8643 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8644 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8650 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8655 if (sda
== NULL
|| !is_static_defined (sda
))
8657 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8660 value
= relocation
+ addend
- SYM_VAL (sda
);
8662 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
)
8663 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8664 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8666 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8667 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
)
8668 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8669 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8671 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8672 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
)
8674 value
= value
>> 16;
8675 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8676 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8678 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8680 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
)
8682 value
= value
>> 16;
8683 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8684 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8686 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8688 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
)
8690 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8691 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8692 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8694 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8696 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
)
8698 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8699 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8700 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8702 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8707 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
8708 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
);
8711 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8713 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8714 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
8715 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8716 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8718 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8721 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8724 /* Negative relocations. */
8725 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
8726 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
8727 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
8728 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
8729 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8730 addend
-= 2 * relocation
;
8734 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
8735 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
8736 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
8737 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
8739 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
8741 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
8742 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
8743 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
8744 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8745 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
8746 /* xgettext:c-format */
8747 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8748 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
8750 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8761 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8763 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
8764 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8766 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| insn
, p
);
8767 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
8768 r_type
= R_PPC_REL24
;
8769 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8771 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8772 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8773 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8774 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8779 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8780 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8781 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8783 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8784 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
8785 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8786 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
8787 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8789 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8790 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8791 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8792 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8797 /* Do any further special processing. */
8803 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8804 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8805 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8806 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8807 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8808 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
8809 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8810 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8811 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8812 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8813 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8814 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8819 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8820 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
8821 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8822 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8823 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8824 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
8825 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8826 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8831 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8833 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
8834 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8836 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8837 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
8838 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
8840 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8841 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8842 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8843 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8844 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8845 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
8846 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
8847 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
8848 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
8850 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8851 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8852 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8853 unsigned int insn
, mask
, lobit
;
8855 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
8856 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
8858 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn
))
8860 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn
))
8864 relocation
+= addend
;
8865 addend
= insn
& mask
;
8866 lobit
= mask
& relocation
;
8869 relocation
^= lobit
;
8870 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8871 /* xgettext:c-format */
8872 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
8873 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8874 howto
->name
, sym_name
, mask
+ 1);
8875 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8883 fprintf (stderr
, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
8884 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
8889 (long) rel
->r_offset
,
8893 if (unresolved_reloc
8894 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
8896 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
8897 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
8899 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8900 /* xgettext:c-format */
8901 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
8902 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8908 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
8909 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
8910 have different reloc types. */
8911 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
8912 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
8913 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
8915 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
8917 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section
) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) == 0)
8921 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
8922 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
8923 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
8924 else if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
8925 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
8926 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
8927 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
8929 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
8932 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
8937 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
8939 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
8940 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
8941 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
8946 relocation
+= addend
;
8947 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
8948 + input_section
->output_offset
8949 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
8951 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8953 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
8954 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8959 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
, contents
,
8960 rel
->r_offset
, relocation
, addend
);
8962 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
8964 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
8967 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
8968 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
8971 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8972 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
8973 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)))
8974 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
8975 (info
, (h
? &h
->root
: NULL
), sym_name
, howto
->name
,
8976 rel
->r_addend
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
8980 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8981 /* xgettext:c-format */
8982 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
8983 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8984 howto
->name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
8995 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
8996 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
8998 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
8999 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9000 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
9002 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9004 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9005 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9010 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
9011 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9012 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
9016 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9019 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9020 && input_section
->size
!= input_section
->rawsize
9021 && (strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
9022 || strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
9024 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9025 unsigned int insn
= B
+ input_section
->size
- input_section
->rawsize
;
9026 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ input_section
->rawsize
);
9029 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
9030 && input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9031 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9032 || (input_section
->output_section
->alignment_power
9033 >= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
)))
9035 bfd_vma start_addr
, end_addr
, addr
;
9036 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
9038 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
!= 0)
9044 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, BA
, fill
);
9045 p
= contents
+ input_section
->size
- relax_info
->workaround_size
;
9046 n
= relax_info
->workaround_size
>> 2;
9049 memcpy (p
, fill
, 4);
9054 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9055 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9056 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9057 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9058 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9060 start_addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
9061 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9062 end_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9063 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9064 for (addr
= ((start_addr
& -pagesize
) + pagesize
- 4);
9068 bfd_vma offset
= addr
- start_addr
;
9069 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
;
9070 bfd_boolean is_data
;
9071 bfd_vma patch_off
, patch_addr
;
9074 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9082 rel
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
9083 if (rel
->r_offset
< offset
)
9085 else if (rel
->r_offset
> offset
+ 3)
9089 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
9106 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9107 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9108 avoid the icache failure.
9110 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9111 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9112 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9113 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9114 unconditional branches:
9115 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9116 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9117 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9118 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9119 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9120 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9121 instruction is not executed.
9126 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9133 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9134 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9135 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9136 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9137 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9138 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9141 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9142 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9145 . nop b somewhere_else
9146 . b somewhere_else nop
9147 . new_page: new_page:
9149 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
9150 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9151 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9152 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9153 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (19u << 26)
9154 && (insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9155 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9158 patch_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9159 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9160 patch_addr
= (patch_addr
+ 15) & -16;
9161 patch_off
= patch_addr
- start_addr
;
9162 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
+ patch_off
- offset
, contents
+ offset
);
9165 && rel
->r_offset
>= offset
9166 && rel
->r_offset
< offset
+ 4)
9170 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9171 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9172 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9173 if (rel
+ 1 != relend
)
9175 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp
= *rel
;
9177 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9178 memmove (rel
, rel
+ 1, (relend
- (rel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*rel
));
9181 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9183 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9184 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
))
9187 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
9188 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
9189 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
9190 relend
[-1].r_addend
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9196 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9197 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9198 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9199 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
9202 Elf32_External_Rela
*slo
, *shi
, *srelend
;
9205 slo
= (Elf32_External_Rela
*) sreloc
->contents
;
9206 shi
= srelend
= slo
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
;
9207 soffset
= (offset
+ input_section
->output_section
->vma
9208 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9211 Elf32_External_Rela
*srel
= slo
+ (shi
- slo
) / 2;
9212 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, (bfd_byte
*) srel
,
9214 if (outrel
.r_offset
< soffset
)
9216 else if (outrel
.r_offset
> soffset
+ 3)
9220 if (srel
+ 1 != srelend
)
9222 memmove (srel
, srel
+ 1,
9223 (srelend
- (srel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*srel
));
9226 outrel
.r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9227 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
,
9237 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9238 && (insn
& 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9240 bfd_vma delta
= ((insn
& 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9242 delta
+= offset
- patch_off
;
9243 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9245 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9247 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
9249 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9250 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
9251 insn
|= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9252 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9253 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9255 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
);
9257 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9258 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9259 && delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
9260 && (bfd_signed_vma
) delta
< 0)
9261 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9263 if (delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9265 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9266 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | (delta
& 0xfffc),
9267 contents
+ patch_off
);
9269 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9270 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9271 contents
+ patch_off
);
9278 unsigned int r_sym
= ELF32_R_SYM (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9280 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= 8;
9281 relend
[-1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym
, R_PPC_REL24
);
9283 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9284 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | 8,
9285 contents
+ patch_off
);
9287 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9288 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9289 contents
+ patch_off
);
9291 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9292 B
| ((delta
- 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9293 contents
+ patch_off
);
9299 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ patch_off
);
9301 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9302 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9303 contents
+ patch_off
);
9306 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off
<= input_section
->size
);
9307 relax_info
->workaround_size
= input_section
->size
- patch_off
;
9314 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9317 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9319 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9320 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9321 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9322 bfd_boolean doneone
;
9325 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9326 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9330 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9332 bfd_vma reloc_index
;
9333 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9334 asection
*relplt
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9336 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9337 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9338 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9339 reloc_index
= ent
->plt
.offset
/ 4;
9342 reloc_index
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
9343 / htab
->plt_slot_size
);
9344 if (reloc_index
> PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9345 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9346 reloc_index
-= (reloc_index
- PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
) / 2;
9349 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9351 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
9352 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9353 && h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9356 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9358 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9359 got_offset
= (reloc_index
+ 3) * 4;
9361 /* Use the right PLT. */
9362 plt_entry
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9363 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
;
9365 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9366 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9368 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9369 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset
),
9370 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9371 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9372 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset
),
9373 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9377 bfd_vma got_loc
= got_offset
+ SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9379 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9380 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc
),
9381 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9382 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9383 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc
),
9384 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9387 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2],
9388 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 8);
9389 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3],
9390 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 12);
9392 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9393 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9394 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9395 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9396 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9397 prescaled offset. */
9398 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9399 plt_entry
[4] | reloc_index
,
9400 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16);
9401 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9402 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9403 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9404 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9405 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9407 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9409 | (-(ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9410 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20);
9411 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6],
9412 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 24);
9413 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7],
9414 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 28);
9416 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9417 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9418 in this PLT entry. */
9419 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, (plt
->output_section
->vma
9420 + plt
->output_offset
9421 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16),
9422 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->contents
+ got_offset
);
9424 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9426 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9427 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
9428 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
+ reloc_index
9429 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
)
9430 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9432 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9433 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9434 + plt
->output_offset
9435 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 2);
9436 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9438 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9439 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9440 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9442 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9443 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9444 + plt
->output_offset
9445 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 6);
9446 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9448 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9449 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9450 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9452 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9453 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9454 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9455 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9457 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
,
9459 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16;
9460 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9463 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9464 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9465 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9466 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9467 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9468 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9469 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9476 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9477 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9479 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9481 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9482 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9486 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9487 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9490 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9491 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
9492 rela
.r_addend
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9497 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9498 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
9502 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9503 + plt
->output_offset
9506 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
9507 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9508 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9510 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9511 linker will fill it in. */
9515 bfd_vma val
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
+ ent
->plt
.offset
9516 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
9517 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
9518 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
,
9519 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
);
9526 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9527 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9528 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9530 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9531 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9533 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9534 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9535 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9536 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9540 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
);
9541 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (reloc_index
9542 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9543 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
9544 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9546 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9551 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9552 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9553 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9556 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9558 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9559 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9561 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9562 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9567 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9568 write_glink_stub (h
, ent
, plt
, p
, info
);
9570 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9571 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9580 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9583 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9585 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9591 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, write_global_sym_plt
, info
);
9593 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9595 bfd_vma
*local_got
, *end_local_got
;
9596 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
9597 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9598 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9599 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
9600 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9602 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
9605 local_got
= elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd
);
9609 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9610 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9611 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
9612 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
9613 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9614 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
9615 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9617 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9619 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9621 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
9624 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9627 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9628 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
9630 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9635 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9636 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9637 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9639 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9641 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9642 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9643 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9644 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9648 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9649 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9651 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
9652 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9656 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9657 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
9662 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
9663 + plt
->output_offset
9664 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
9665 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
9666 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9667 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9668 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9670 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9671 write_glink_stub (NULL
, ent
, htab
->elf
.iplt
, p
, info
);
9675 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9676 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9678 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9681 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9687 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9688 dynamic sections here. */
9691 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9692 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9693 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9694 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9696 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9697 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9700 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9701 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9705 || (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9706 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9707 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9709 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9711 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9712 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9713 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9714 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9715 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9716 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9718 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9719 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9721 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9723 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9724 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9725 function pointer. */
9731 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9732 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9733 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9734 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9735 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9736 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9739 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9740 (info
->output_bfd
, htab
->glink
->output_section
));
9741 sym
->st_value
= (ent
->glink_offset
9742 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
9743 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
9751 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9754 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9757 fprintf (stderr
, ", copy");
9760 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9762 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
9764 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
9765 s
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
9767 s
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
9768 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9770 rela
.r_offset
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9771 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_COPY
);
9773 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9774 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9778 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9784 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9785 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9786 const asection
*rel_sec
,
9787 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
9789 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9791 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
9792 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
9794 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
))
9796 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
9797 return reloc_class_relative
;
9798 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
9799 return reloc_class_plt
;
9801 return reloc_class_copy
;
9803 return reloc_class_normal
;
9807 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9810 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9811 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9814 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9817 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
9820 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9823 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9824 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9825 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
9828 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
9829 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9831 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9833 Elf32_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
9835 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& sdyn
!= NULL
);
9837 dyncon
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
9838 dynconend
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
9839 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
9841 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
9844 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
9849 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
9850 s
= htab
->elf
.sgotplt
;
9853 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9857 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
9861 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9862 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9866 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= got
;
9870 if (htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
)
9871 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9872 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9873 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9874 else if (htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
)
9875 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9876 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9877 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9881 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
9882 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
9887 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
9891 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
9892 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9894 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgot
9895 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
)
9897 unsigned char *p
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->contents
;
9899 p
+= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9900 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9902 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
9903 so that a function can easily find the address of
9904 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9905 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
- 4
9906 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9907 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0x4e800021, p
- 4);
9912 bfd_vma val
= sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
;
9913 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
9914 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9915 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, val
, p
);
9920 /* xgettext:c-format */
9921 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
9922 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.root
.string
,
9923 (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
!= NULL
9924 ? htab
->elf
.sgotplt
: htab
->elf
.sgot
));
9925 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9929 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
9932 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
9933 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
9934 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
9935 && htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
9936 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9938 asection
*splt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9939 /* Use the right PLT. */
9940 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= (bfd_link_pic (info
)
9941 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
9942 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
);
9944 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9946 bfd_vma got_value
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9948 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_value
),
9949 splt
->contents
+ 0);
9950 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_value
),
9951 splt
->contents
+ 4);
9955 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], splt
->contents
+ 0);
9956 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], splt
->contents
+ 4);
9958 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], splt
->contents
+ 8);
9959 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], splt
->contents
+ 12);
9960 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], splt
->contents
+ 16);
9961 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], splt
->contents
+ 20);
9962 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], splt
->contents
+ 24);
9963 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], splt
->contents
+ 28);
9965 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
9967 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9970 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
9972 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9973 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
9974 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
9976 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
9978 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9979 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9981 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9982 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
9983 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
9985 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
9987 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9988 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9990 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
9991 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
9992 in which symbols were output. */
9993 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
9995 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
9997 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
9998 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
9999 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10000 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10002 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10003 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10004 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10005 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10007 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10008 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR32
);
10009 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10010 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10015 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
10016 && htab
->glink
->contents
!= NULL
10017 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10020 unsigned char *endp
;
10024 * PIC glink code is the following:
10026 * # ith PLT code stub.
10027 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10028 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10032 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10033 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10034 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10035 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10036 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10038 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10044 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10047 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10050 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10051 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10052 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10053 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10056 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10059 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10061 * # ith PLT code stub.
10062 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10063 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10067 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10070 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10071 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10072 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10073 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10076 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10077 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10081 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10082 and perhaps some padding. */
10083 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10084 p
+= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
10085 endp
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10086 endp
+= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10087 while (p
< endp
- (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 0 : 8 * 4))
10089 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
+ endp
- p
, p
);
10094 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
10098 res0
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
10099 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10100 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10102 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
)
10104 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10105 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10106 glink branch table. */
10107 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
10109 bfd_vma glink_start
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10110 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10112 for (page_addr
= res0
& -pagesize
;
10113 page_addr
> glink_start
;
10114 page_addr
-= pagesize
)
10116 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10120 loc
= htab
->glink
->contents
+ page_addr
- 4 - glink_start
;
10121 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
10124 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10125 one other call stub before this one. */
10126 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
- 16);
10128 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10130 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10135 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10136 endp
= p
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10137 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10141 bcl
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 3*4
10142 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10143 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10145 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10147 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_0
, p
);
10149 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10151 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10153 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_12
, p
);
10155 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTLR_0
, p
);
10157 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, SUB_11_11_12
, p
);
10159 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_12_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10161 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8 - bcl
))
10163 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10165 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8 - bcl
), p
);
10170 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10172 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10175 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10177 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10181 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4), p
);
10183 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (-res0
), p
);
10185 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10186 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10188 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10190 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (-res0
), p
);
10192 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10194 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10196 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10197 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8), p
);
10199 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10202 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_11_0_11
, p
);
10204 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
10208 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
10209 htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
10212 BFD_ASSERT (p
== endp
);
10215 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
10216 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
10218 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10221 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
10226 /* Offset to .glink. */
10227 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10228 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10229 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
10230 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
);
10231 val
-= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10232 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
10234 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10235 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
10236 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
10237 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
10244 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10245 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10246 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10247 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10248 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10249 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10250 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10251 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10252 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10253 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
10254 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10256 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10257 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10261 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10264 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10265 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10266 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10267 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10268 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10269 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10271 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10272 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10273 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10274 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10275 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10276 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10277 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10278 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10280 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10281 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10282 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10283 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10284 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10285 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10286 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10287 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10288 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10289 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10290 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10291 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10292 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10293 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10294 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10295 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10296 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10297 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10298 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10299 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10300 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10301 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10302 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10303 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10304 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10305 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10306 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10307 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10308 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10310 #include "elf32-target.h"
10312 /* FreeBSD Target */
10314 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10315 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10317 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10318 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10319 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10320 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10323 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10326 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10328 #include "elf32-target.h"
10330 /* VxWorks Target */
10332 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10333 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10335 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10336 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10337 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10338 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10342 #undef ELF_TARGET_OS
10343 #define ELF_TARGET_OS is_vxworks
10345 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10346 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
10347 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
10349 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
10352 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
10353 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10355 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10358 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10359 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10360 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10361 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10363 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10365 ret
= ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10368 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
10369 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*)ret
;
10370 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_VXWORKS
;
10371 htab
->plt_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10372 htab
->plt_slot_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10373 htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10378 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10380 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
10381 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10382 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10383 const char **namep
,
10388 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
,
10392 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
, valp
);
10396 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
10398 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10399 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10402 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10404 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10405 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10406 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10407 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10408 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10409 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10410 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10411 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10412 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10413 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10414 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10415 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10416 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10417 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10419 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10421 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10422 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10423 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10424 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10425 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10426 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10427 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10428 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10429 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10430 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10431 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10432 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10433 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10434 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10435 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10436 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10437 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10438 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10441 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10443 #include "elf32-target.h"